Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1228:79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Completely seperated type and symbol generation. Should fix a lot of bugs, but is not yet 100% complete.
| author | Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 15 Apr 2009 20:06:25 +0200 |
| parents | e961851fb8be |
| children | 465a77c904d4 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
75 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
76 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
77 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
78 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
79 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD |
| 159 | 80 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 81 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 83 #else |
| 84 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 85 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
86 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 87 #endif |
| 88 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 89 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 90 | |
| 91 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 92 | |
| 93 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 94 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 95 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 96 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 97 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 98 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 106 | |
| 107 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 108 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 109 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 110 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 111 | |
| 112 | |
| 113 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 114 { | |
| 115 this->ty = ty; | |
| 116 this->mod = 0; | |
| 117 this->next = next; | |
| 118 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 119 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 120 this->cto = NULL; |
| 121 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 123 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 124 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 125 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 126 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
127 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 128 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
129 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
130 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
131 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
132 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
133 #endif |
| 159 | 134 } |
| 135 | |
| 136 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 137 { | |
| 138 print(); | |
| 139 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 140 assert(0); | |
| 141 return this; | |
| 142 } | |
| 143 | |
| 144 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 145 { Type *t; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 148 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 149 if (this == o || | |
| 150 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 151 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 152 { | |
| 153 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 154 return 1; | |
| 155 } | |
| 156 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 157 return 0; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 161 { | |
| 162 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 163 } | |
| 164 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
165 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
166 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
167 #else |
| 159 | 168 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
169 #endif |
| 159 | 170 { int i; |
| 171 int j; | |
| 172 | |
| 173 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 174 | |
| 175 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 183 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 184 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 185 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 187 | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 201 | |
| 202 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 208 | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 213 | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 217 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 218 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
220 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 221 |
| 222 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 223 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 224 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 225 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 226 } | |
| 227 | |
| 228 // Set basic types | |
| 229 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 230 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 231 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 232 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 233 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 234 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 235 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 238 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 239 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 240 | |
| 241 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 242 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
243 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
244 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
245 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
246 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 247 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 248 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
249 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
250 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
251 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 252 } |
| 253 else | |
| 254 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
255 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
258 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
259 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
260 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
261 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
262 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
263 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
264 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
268 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
269 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
270 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
271 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
272 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
274 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 275 } |
| 276 } | |
| 277 | |
| 278 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 279 { | |
| 280 return size(0); | |
| 281 } | |
| 282 | |
| 283 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 284 { | |
| 285 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 286 return 1; | |
| 287 } | |
| 288 | |
| 289 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 290 { | |
| 291 return size(0); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 if (next) | |
| 297 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 298 return merge(); | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 301 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 302 { | |
| 303 if (!pto) | |
| 304 { Type *t; | |
| 305 | |
| 306 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 307 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 308 } | |
| 309 return pto; | |
| 310 } | |
| 311 | |
| 312 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 313 { | |
| 314 if (!rto) | |
| 315 { Type *t; | |
| 316 | |
| 317 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 318 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 319 } | |
| 320 return rto; | |
| 321 } | |
| 322 | |
| 323 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 if (!arrayof) | |
| 326 { Type *t; | |
| 327 | |
| 328 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 329 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 return arrayof; | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 | |
| 334 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 335 { | |
| 336 return NULL; | |
| 337 } | |
| 338 | |
| 339 /******************************* | |
| 340 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 341 * get that other type. | |
| 342 */ | |
| 343 | |
| 344 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return this; | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 349 /******************************** | |
| 350 * Name mangling. | |
| 351 */ | |
| 352 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
353 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 354 { |
| 355 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 356 if (next) | |
| 357 { | |
| 358 assert(next != this); | |
| 359 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
360 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 361 } |
| 362 } | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /******************************** | |
| 365 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 366 */ | |
| 367 | |
| 368 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 369 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 370 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 371 | |
| 372 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 373 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 374 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 375 } | |
| 376 | |
| 377 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 378 { | |
| 379 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 380 if (ident) | |
| 381 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 382 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 383 } | |
| 384 } | |
| 385 | |
| 386 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 387 { | |
| 388 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 389 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 390 return; | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 393 } | |
| 394 | |
| 395 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 396 { | |
| 397 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 398 { char *p; | |
| 399 | |
| 400 switch (this->mod) | |
| 401 { | |
| 402 case 0: | |
| 403 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 404 break; | |
| 405 case MODconst: | |
| 406 p = "const("; | |
| 407 goto L1; | |
| 408 case MODinvariant: | |
| 409 p = "invariant("; | |
| 410 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 411 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 412 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 413 break; | |
| 414 default: | |
| 415 assert(0); | |
| 416 } | |
| 417 } | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 | |
| 420 | |
| 421 /************************************ | |
| 422 */ | |
| 423 | |
| 424 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 425 { Type *t; | |
| 426 | |
| 427 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 428 t = this; | |
| 429 assert(t); | |
| 430 if (!deco) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 433 StringValue *sv; | |
| 434 | |
| 435 if (next) | |
| 436 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
437 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
| 159 | 438 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 439 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 440 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 441 assert(t->deco); | |
| 442 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 else | |
| 445 { | |
| 446 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
447 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
448 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
449 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
450 mangle.writeByte(0); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
451 deco = mem.strdup((char *)mangle.data); |
| 159 | 452 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 453 } | |
| 454 } | |
| 455 return t; | |
| 456 } | |
| 457 | |
| 458 int Type::isbit() | |
| 459 { | |
| 460 return FALSE; | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 | |
| 463 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 return FALSE; | |
| 466 } | |
| 467 | |
| 468 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 469 { | |
| 470 return FALSE; | |
| 471 } | |
| 472 | |
| 473 int Type::isreal() | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 return FALSE; | |
| 476 } | |
| 477 | |
| 478 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 479 { | |
| 480 return FALSE; | |
| 481 } | |
| 482 | |
| 483 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 484 { | |
| 485 return FALSE; | |
| 486 } | |
| 487 | |
| 488 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 489 { | |
| 490 return FALSE; | |
| 491 } | |
| 492 | |
| 493 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 494 { | |
| 495 return FALSE; | |
| 496 } | |
| 497 | |
| 498 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 499 { | |
| 500 return NULL; | |
| 501 } | |
| 502 | |
| 503 int Type::isauto() | |
| 504 { | |
| 505 return FALSE; | |
| 506 } | |
| 507 | |
| 508 int Type::isString() | |
| 509 { | |
| 510 return FALSE; | |
| 511 } | |
| 512 | |
| 513 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 514 { | |
| 515 return isscalar(); | |
| 516 } | |
| 517 | |
| 518 /********************************* | |
| 519 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 520 */ | |
| 521 | |
| 522 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 523 { | |
| 524 Type *t; | |
| 525 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 526 | |
| 527 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 528 { | |
| 529 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 530 if (s) | |
| 531 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 } | |
| 534 | |
| 535 | |
| 536 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 539 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 540 #endif | |
| 541 return NULL; | |
| 542 } | |
| 543 | |
| 544 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 545 { | |
| 546 return 0; // assume not | |
| 547 } | |
| 548 | |
| 549 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 550 { | |
| 551 return 0; // assume not | |
| 552 } | |
| 553 | |
| 554 /******************************** | |
| 555 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 556 * to type 'to'. | |
| 557 * Returns: | |
| 558 * 0 can't convert | |
| 559 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 560 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 561 */ | |
| 562 | |
| 563 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 564 { | |
| 565 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 566 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 567 if (this == to) | |
| 568 return MATCHexact; | |
| 569 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 570 // return 1; | |
| 571 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 | |
| 574 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 575 { Expression *e; | |
| 576 | |
| 577 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 578 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 579 #endif | |
| 580 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 581 { | |
| 582 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 583 } | |
| 584 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 585 { | |
| 586 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 587 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 588 } | |
| 589 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 590 { | |
| 591 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 592 } | |
| 593 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 594 { | |
| 595 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 596 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 597 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 598 } | |
| 599 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 600 { | |
| 601 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 602 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 603 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 604 } | |
| 605 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 606 { | |
| 607 assert(deco); | |
| 608 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 609 Scope sc; | |
| 610 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 613 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 614 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 615 Scope sc; | |
| 616 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 617 } | |
| 618 else | |
| 619 { | |
| 620 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 621 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 622 } | |
| 623 return e; | |
| 624 } | |
| 625 | |
| 626 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 627 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 628 | |
| 629 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 630 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 631 #endif | |
| 632 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 633 { | |
| 634 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 635 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 636 } | |
| 637 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 640 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 641 } | |
| 642 if (v) | |
| 643 { | |
| 644 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 645 { | |
| 646 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 647 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 648 goto Loffset; | |
| 649 } | |
| 650 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 651 { | |
| 652 Loffset: | |
| 653 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 654 { | |
| 655 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 656 return e; | |
| 657 } | |
| 658 } | |
| 659 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 660 { | |
| 661 #if 0 | |
| 662 if (v->init) | |
| 663 { | |
| 664 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 665 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 666 else | |
| 667 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 668 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 669 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 670 { | |
| 671 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 672 | |
| 673 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 674 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 675 */ | |
| 676 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 677 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 678 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 679 { | |
| 680 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 } | |
| 683 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 684 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 685 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 return e; | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 #endif | |
| 690 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 691 return ex; | |
| 692 } | |
| 693 } | |
| 694 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 695 { | |
| 696 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 697 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 698 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 699 return e; | |
| 700 } | |
| 701 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 702 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 703 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 704 Scope sc; | |
| 705 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 706 return e; | |
| 707 } | |
| 708 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 709 } | |
| 710 | |
| 711 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 712 { | |
| 713 return salign; | |
| 714 } | |
| 715 | |
| 716 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 va_list ap; | |
| 719 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 720 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 721 va_end( ap ); | |
| 722 } | |
| 723 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
724 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
725 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
726 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
727 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
728 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
729 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
730 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
731 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
732 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
733 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
734 |
| 159 | 735 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 736 { | |
| 737 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 738 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 739 Identifier *id; | |
| 740 char *name; | |
| 741 int len; | |
| 742 | |
| 743 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 744 if (internal) | |
| 745 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 746 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
747 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 748 } |
| 749 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
750 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 751 len = buf.offset; |
| 752 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 753 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 754 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
755 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
756 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
757 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
758 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 759 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 760 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 761 return id; | |
| 762 } | |
| 763 | |
| 764 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 765 { | |
| 766 return NULL; | |
| 767 } | |
| 768 | |
| 769 | |
| 770 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 771 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
772 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
773 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 774 *pt = t; |
| 775 *pe = NULL; | |
| 776 *ps = NULL; | |
| 777 } | |
| 778 | |
| 779 /******************************* | |
| 780 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 781 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 782 */ | |
| 783 | |
| 784 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 785 { | |
| 786 if (!next) | |
| 787 return NULL; | |
| 788 else | |
| 789 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 /******************************** | |
| 793 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 794 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 795 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 796 */ | |
| 797 | |
| 798 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 799 { | |
| 800 return NULL; | |
| 801 } | |
| 802 | |
| 803 /*************************************** | |
| 804 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 805 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 806 */ | |
| 807 | |
| 808 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 809 { | |
| 810 return FALSE; | |
| 811 } | |
| 812 | |
| 813 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 814 | |
| 815 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 816 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
817 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
818 const char *d; |
| 159 | 819 unsigned flags; |
| 820 | |
| 821 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 822 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 823 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 824 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 825 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 826 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 827 | |
| 828 flags = 0; | |
| 829 switch (ty) | |
| 830 { | |
| 831 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 832 c = "void"; | |
| 833 break; | |
| 834 | |
| 835 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 836 c = "byte"; | |
| 837 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 838 break; | |
| 839 | |
| 840 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 841 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 842 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 843 break; | |
| 844 | |
| 845 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 846 c = "short"; | |
| 847 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 848 break; | |
| 849 | |
| 850 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 851 c = "ushort"; | |
| 852 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 853 break; | |
| 854 | |
| 855 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 856 c = "int"; | |
| 857 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 858 break; | |
| 859 | |
| 860 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 861 c = "uint"; | |
| 862 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 863 break; | |
| 864 | |
| 865 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 866 c = "float"; | |
| 867 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 868 break; | |
| 869 | |
| 870 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 871 c = "long"; | |
| 872 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 873 break; | |
| 874 | |
| 875 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 876 c = "ulong"; | |
| 877 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 878 break; | |
| 879 | |
| 880 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 881 c = "double"; | |
| 882 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 883 break; | |
| 884 | |
| 885 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 886 c = "real"; | |
| 887 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 888 break; | |
| 889 | |
| 890 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 891 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 892 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 893 break; | |
| 894 | |
| 895 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 896 c = "idouble"; | |
| 897 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 898 break; | |
| 899 | |
| 900 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 901 c = "ireal"; | |
| 902 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 903 break; | |
| 904 | |
| 905 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 906 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 907 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 908 break; | |
| 909 | |
| 910 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 911 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 912 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 913 break; | |
| 914 | |
| 915 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 916 c = "creal"; | |
| 917 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 | |
| 920 | |
| 921 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 922 c = "bit"; | |
| 923 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 | |
| 926 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 927 c = d; | |
| 928 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 929 break; | |
| 930 | |
| 931 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 932 c = "char"; | |
| 933 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 934 break; | |
| 935 | |
| 936 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 937 c = "wchar"; | |
| 938 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 939 break; | |
| 940 | |
| 941 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 942 c = "dchar"; | |
| 943 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 944 break; | |
| 945 | |
| 946 default: assert(0); | |
| 947 } | |
| 948 this->dstring = d; | |
| 949 this->cstring = c; | |
| 950 this->flags = flags; | |
| 951 merge(); | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 | |
| 954 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 955 { | |
| 956 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 957 return this; | |
| 958 } | |
| 959 | |
| 960 | |
| 961 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 962 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
963 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 964 } |
| 965 | |
| 966 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 967 { | |
| 968 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 969 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 970 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 971 return; | |
| 972 } | |
| 973 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 974 } | |
| 975 | |
| 976 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 977 { unsigned size; | |
| 978 | |
| 979 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 980 switch (ty) | |
| 981 { | |
| 982 case Tint8: | |
| 983 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 984 case Tint16: | |
| 985 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 986 case Tint32: | |
| 987 case Tuns32: | |
| 988 case Tfloat32: | |
| 989 case Timaginary32: | |
| 990 size = 4; break; | |
| 991 case Tint64: | |
| 992 case Tuns64: | |
| 993 case Tfloat64: | |
| 994 case Timaginary64: | |
| 995 size = 8; break; | |
| 996 case Tfloat80: | |
| 997 case Timaginary80: | |
| 998 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 999 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1000 size = 8; break; | |
| 1001 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1002 size = 16; break; | |
| 1003 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1004 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 case Tvoid: | |
| 1007 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1008 size = 1; | |
| 1009 break; | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1012 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1013 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1014 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1015 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 default: | |
| 1018 assert(0); | |
| 1019 break; | |
| 1020 } | |
| 1021 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1022 return size; | |
| 1023 } | |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1026 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1027 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1028 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1029 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
| 159 | 1030 } |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1034 { | |
| 1035 Expression *e; | |
| 1036 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1037 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1038 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1039 #else | |
| 1040 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1041 #endif | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1044 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1045 { | |
| 1046 switch (ty) | |
| 1047 { | |
| 1048 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1049 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1050 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1051 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1052 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1053 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1054 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1055 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1056 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1057 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1058 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1059 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1060 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1063 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1064 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1065 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1066 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1067 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1068 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1069 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1070 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1071 } | |
| 1072 } | |
| 1073 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1074 { | |
| 1075 switch (ty) | |
| 1076 { | |
| 1077 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1078 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1079 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1080 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1081 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1082 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1083 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1084 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1085 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1086 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1087 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1088 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1089 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1092 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1093 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1094 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1095 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1096 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1097 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1098 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1099 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1100 } | |
| 1101 } | |
| 1102 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1103 { | |
| 1104 switch (ty) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1107 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1108 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1109 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1110 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1111 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1112 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1113 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1114 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1115 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1116 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1117 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1118 } | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 } | |
| 1121 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 switch (ty) | |
| 1124 { | |
| 1125 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1126 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1127 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1128 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1129 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1130 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1131 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1132 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1133 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1134 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1135 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1136 } | |
| 1137 } | |
| 1138 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1139 { | |
| 1140 switch (ty) | |
| 1141 { | |
| 1142 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1143 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1144 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1145 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1146 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1147 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1148 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1149 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1150 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1151 } | |
| 1152 } | |
| 1153 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1154 { | |
| 1155 switch (ty) | |
| 1156 { | |
| 1157 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1158 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1159 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1160 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1161 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1162 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1163 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1164 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1165 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1166 } | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1169 { | |
| 1170 switch (ty) | |
| 1171 { | |
| 1172 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1173 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1174 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1175 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1176 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1177 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1178 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1179 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1180 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1181 } | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1184 { | |
| 1185 switch (ty) | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1188 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1189 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1190 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1191 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1192 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1193 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1194 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1195 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 } | |
| 1198 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1199 { | |
| 1200 switch (ty) | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1203 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1204 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1205 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1206 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1207 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1208 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1209 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1210 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1211 } | |
| 1212 } | |
| 1213 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1214 { | |
| 1215 switch (ty) | |
| 1216 { | |
| 1217 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1218 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1219 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1220 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1221 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1222 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1223 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1224 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1225 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1226 } | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1229 { | |
| 1230 switch (ty) | |
| 1231 { | |
| 1232 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1233 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1234 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1235 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1236 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1237 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1238 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1239 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1240 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1241 } | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 Ldefault: | |
| 1245 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 Livalue: | |
| 1248 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1249 return e; | |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 Lfvalue: | |
| 1252 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1253 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1254 else | |
| 1255 { | |
| 1256 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1259 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1260 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1261 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1262 #else | |
| 1263 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1264 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1265 #endif | |
| 1266 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1267 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1268 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1269 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1270 } | |
| 1271 return e; | |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 Lint: | |
| 1274 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1275 return e; | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1279 { | |
| 1280 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1281 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1282 #endif | |
| 1283 Type *t; | |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 switch (ty) | |
| 1288 { | |
| 1289 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1290 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1291 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1292 L1: | |
| 1293 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1294 break; | |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1297 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1298 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1299 break; | |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1302 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1303 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1304 L2: | |
| 1305 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1306 break; | |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 default: | |
| 1309 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1310 } | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1313 { Type *t2; | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 switch (ty) | |
| 1316 { | |
| 1317 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1318 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1319 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1320 L3: | |
| 1321 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1322 e->type = t2; | |
| 1323 break; | |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1326 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1327 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1328 L4: | |
| 1329 e->type = t; | |
| 1330 break; | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1333 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1334 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1335 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1336 break; | |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 default: | |
| 1339 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1340 } | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 else | |
| 1343 { | |
| 1344 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 return e; | |
| 1347 } | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1350 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1351 |
| 1352 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1353 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1354 #endif | |
| 1355 switch (ty) | |
| 1356 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1357 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1358 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1359 |
| 159 | 1360 case Tchar: |
| 1361 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1362 break; | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 case Twchar: | |
| 1365 case Tdchar: | |
| 1366 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1367 break; | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1370 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1371 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1372 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1373 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1374 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1375 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1376 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1377 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1378 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1381 } | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 switch (ty) | |
| 1386 { | |
| 1387 case Tchar: | |
| 1388 case Twchar: | |
| 1389 case Tdchar: | |
| 1390 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1391 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1392 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1393 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1394 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1395 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1396 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1397 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1398 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1399 return 0; // no | |
| 1400 } | |
| 1401 return 1; // yes | |
| 1402 } | |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1405 { | |
| 1406 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1407 } | |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1410 { | |
| 1411 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1412 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1416 { | |
| 1417 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1421 { | |
| 1422 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1423 } | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1426 { | |
| 1427 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1428 } | |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1431 { | |
| 1432 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1433 } | |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1436 { | |
| 1437 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1441 { | |
| 1442 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1448 if (this == to) | |
| 1449 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1452 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1453 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1454 { | |
| 1455 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1456 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 else | |
| 1459 { | |
| 1460 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1461 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1464 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1467 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1470 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1471 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 // If converting to integral | |
| 1474 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1475 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1476 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1479 */ | |
| 1480 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1481 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1484 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1485 } | |
| 1486 } | |
| 1487 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1488 { | |
| 1489 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1490 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1491 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1496 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1497 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1500 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1501 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1502 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1505 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1506 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1507 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1509 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1510 } | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1513 { | |
| 1514 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1520 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1521 { | |
| 1522 } | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1529 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1530 #endif | |
| 1531 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 Expression *ec; | |
| 1534 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1536 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1537 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1538 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1539 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1540 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1541 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1542 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1543 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1544 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1545 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1546 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1547 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1548 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1549 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1550 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1552 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1553 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1554 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1555 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1556 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1557 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1558 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1559 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1560 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1561 } | |
| 1562 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1563 { | |
| 1564 Expression *ec; | |
| 1565 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1567 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1573 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1578 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1579 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1587 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1588 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1589 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1590 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1591 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1592 } | |
| 1593 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1594 { | |
| 1595 Expression *ec; | |
| 1596 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1597 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1598 int dup; | |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 assert(size); | |
| 1601 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1602 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1606 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1607 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1608 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1613 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1614 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1615 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1616 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1621 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1622 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1623 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1624 if (dup) | |
| 1625 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1626 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1627 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1628 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1629 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1630 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1631 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1632 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1633 |
| 159 | 1634 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1635 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1636 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1637 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1638 } | |
| 1639 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1640 { | |
| 1641 Expression *ec; | |
| 1642 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1644 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1645 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1646 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1647 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1648 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1649 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1651 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1652 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1653 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1654 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1655 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1656 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1657 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1658 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1659 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1660 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1661 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1662 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1663 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1664 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1665 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1666 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1667 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1668 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1669 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1670 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1671 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1672 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1673 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1675 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1676 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1677 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1678 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1679 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1680 } | |
| 1681 else | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1684 } | |
| 1685 return e; | |
| 1686 } | |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1692 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1693 { | |
| 1694 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1695 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1696 } | |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1699 { | |
| 1700 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1701 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1702 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1703 return t; | |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1707 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1708 |
| 1709 if (!dim) | |
| 1710 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1711 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1712 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1713 { | |
| 1714 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1715 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1716 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1719 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1720 |
| 1721 n = next->size(); | |
| 1722 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1723 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1724 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1725 sz = n2; | |
| 1726 } | |
| 1727 return sz; | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1730 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1731 return 1; |
| 1732 } | |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1735 { | |
| 1736 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 /************************** | |
| 1740 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1741 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1742 */ | |
| 1743 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1744 { | |
| 1745 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1746 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1747 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1748 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 sc->pop(); | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 else | |
| 1755 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1756 return exp; | |
| 1757 } | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1760 { | |
| 1761 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1762 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1763 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 sc->pop(); | |
| 1768 return exp; | |
| 1769 } | |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1772 { | |
| 1773 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1774 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1775 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1776 if (*pe) | |
| 1777 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1778 Expression *e; | |
| 1779 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1780 *pe = e; | |
| 1781 } | |
| 1782 else if (*ps) | |
| 1783 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1784 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1785 if (td) | |
| 1786 { | |
| 1787 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1788 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1789 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1792 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1793 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1798 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1799 goto Ldefault; |
| 1800 } | |
| 1801 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1802 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1803 { | |
| 1804 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1805 return; | |
| 1806 } | |
| 1807 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1808 { | |
| 1809 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1810 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1811 return; | |
| 1812 } | |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1815 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1816 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1817 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1818 */ | |
| 1819 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1820 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1821 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1824 *ps = tds; | |
| 1825 } | |
| 1826 else | |
| 1827 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1828 } | |
| 1829 else | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 Ldefault: | |
| 1832 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1833 } | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1837 { | |
| 1838 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 Type *t; | |
| 1841 Expression *e; | |
| 1842 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1843 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1844 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1845 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1848 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1849 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1852 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1853 return Type::terror; |
| 1854 } | |
| 1855 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1856 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1857 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1858 return Type::terror; | |
| 1859 } | |
| 1860 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1861 return t; | |
| 1862 } | |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1865 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1868 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1869 |
| 1870 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1873 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1874 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1875 { | |
| 1876 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1877 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 return this; | |
| 1880 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1881 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1882 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1883 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1884 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1885 |
| 1886 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1887 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1890 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1891 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1892 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1893 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1894 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1895 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1896 { | |
| 1897 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1898 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1899 */ | |
| 1900 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1901 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1902 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1903 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1904 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1905 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1906 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1907 { | |
| 1908 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1909 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1910 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1911 } | |
| 1912 } | |
| 1913 } | |
| 1914 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1915 { | |
| 1916 case Ttuple: | |
| 1917 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1918 assert(dim); | |
| 1919 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1920 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1923 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1924 return Type::terror; |
| 1925 } | |
| 1926 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1927 return arg->type; | |
| 1928 } | |
| 1929 case Tfunction: | |
| 1930 case Tnone: | |
| 1931 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1932 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1933 break; | |
| 1934 } | |
| 1935 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1936 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1937 return merge(); | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1940 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 1941 { |
| 1942 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1943 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1944 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1945 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1946 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 1947 } |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1950 { | |
| 1951 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1952 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1953 return; | |
| 1954 } | |
| 1955 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1956 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1962 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1963 #endif | |
| 1964 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1965 { | |
| 1966 e = dim; | |
| 1967 } | |
| 1968 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 1969 { | |
| 1970 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 else | |
| 1973 { | |
| 1974 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1975 } | |
| 1976 return e; | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 1980 { | |
| 1981 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 1982 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 1983 } | |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 1986 { | |
| 1987 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 1995 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 1996 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 1997 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 1998 { | |
| 1999 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2000 } | |
| 2001 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2002 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2005 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2006 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2007 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 #if 0 | |
| 2010 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2015 { | |
| 2016 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2017 } | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 #endif | |
| 2020 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2021 } | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2026 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2027 #endif | |
| 2028 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2029 } | |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2032 { | |
| 2033 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2038 { | |
| 2039 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2040 if (e) | |
| 2041 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2042 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2043 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 return e; | |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2056 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2057 { | |
| 2058 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2062 { | |
| 2063 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2064 if (t == next) | |
| 2065 t = this; | |
| 2066 else | |
| 2067 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2068 return t; | |
| 2069 } | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2072 { | |
| 2073 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2074 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2078 { | |
| 2079 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2080 // boundary | |
| 2081 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2082 } | |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2085 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2088 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2089 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 2091 case Tfunction: | |
| 2092 case Tnone: | |
| 2093 case Ttuple: | |
| 2094 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2095 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2096 break; | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2099 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2100 if (next != tn) | |
| 2101 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2102 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2103 return merge(); | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2106 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2107 { |
| 2108 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2109 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2110 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2111 } |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2114 { | |
| 2115 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2116 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2117 return; | |
| 2118 } | |
| 2119 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2120 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2121 } | |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2126 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2127 #endif | |
| 2128 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2131 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2136 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2137 return e; | |
| 2138 } | |
| 2139 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2140 { | |
| 2141 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2142 return e; | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 else | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2147 } | |
| 2148 return e; | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2152 { | |
| 2153 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2154 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2155 } | |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2162 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2163 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2164 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2165 { | |
| 2166 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2167 } | |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2170 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2173 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2174 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2175 } | |
| 2176 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2177 } | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2182 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2183 #endif | |
| 2184 Expression *e; | |
| 2185 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2186 e->type = this; | |
| 2187 return e; | |
| 2188 } | |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2191 { | |
| 2192 return 1; | |
| 2193 } | |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2196 { | |
| 2197 return TRUE; | |
| 2198 } | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2201 { | |
| 2202 return TRUE; | |
| 2203 } | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2208 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2209 { | |
| 2210 this->index = index; | |
| 2211 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2212 } | |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2215 { | |
| 2216 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2217 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2218 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2219 t = this; | |
| 2220 else | |
| 2221 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2222 return t; | |
| 2223 } | |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2226 { | |
| 2227 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2228 } | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2232 { | |
| 2233 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2236 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2237 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2238 { | |
| 2239 Expression *e; | |
| 2240 Type *t; | |
| 2241 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2244 if (e) | |
| 2245 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2246 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2247 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2250 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2251 } | |
| 2252 else if (t) | |
| 2253 index = t; | |
| 2254 else | |
| 2255 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2256 } | |
| 2257 else | |
| 2258 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2261 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2262 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2263 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2264 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2265 { | |
| 2266 #if 0 | |
| 2267 case Tint8: | |
| 2268 case Tuns8: | |
| 2269 case Tint16: | |
| 2270 case Tuns16: | |
| 2271 key = tint32; | |
| 2272 break; | |
| 2273 #endif | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 case Tsarray: | |
| 2276 #if 0 | |
| 2277 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2278 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2279 #endif | |
| 2280 break; | |
| 2281 case Tbit: | |
| 2282 case Tbool: | |
| 2283 case Tfunction: | |
| 2284 case Tvoid: | |
| 2285 case Tnone: | |
| 2286 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2287 break; | |
| 2288 } | |
| 2289 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2290 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2291 { | |
| 2292 case Tfunction: | |
| 2293 case Tnone: | |
| 2294 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2295 break; | |
| 2296 } | |
| 2297 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2298 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 return merge(); | |
| 2301 } | |
| 2302 | |
| 336 | 2303 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2304 { | |
| 2305 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2308 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2309 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2310 { | |
| 2311 Expression *e; | |
| 2312 Type *t; | |
| 2313 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2316 if (e) | |
| 2317 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2318 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2321 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2322 } | |
| 2323 else if (t) | |
| 2324 index = t; | |
| 2325 else | |
| 2326 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2327 } | |
| 2328 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2329 } | |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | |
| 159 | 2332 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2333 { | |
| 2334 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2335 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2336 #endif | |
| 2337 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2338 { | |
| 2339 Expression *ec; | |
| 2340 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2341 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2342 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2343 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2344 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2345 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2346 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2347 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2348 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2349 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2350 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2351 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2352 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2353 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2354 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2355 } |
| 2356 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2357 { | |
| 2358 Expression *ec; | |
| 2359 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2360 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2363 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2364 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2365 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2366 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2367 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2368 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2369 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2370 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2371 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2372 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2373 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2374 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2375 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2376 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2377 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2378 } | |
| 2379 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2380 { | |
| 2381 Expression *ec; | |
| 2382 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2383 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2384 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2385 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2387 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2388 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2389 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2390 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2391 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2392 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2393 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2394 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2395 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2396 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2397 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2398 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2399 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2400 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2401 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2402 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2403 } | |
| 2404 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2405 { | |
| 2406 Expression *ec; | |
| 2407 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2408 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2409 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2410 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2411 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2412 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2413 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2414 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2415 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2416 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2417 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2418 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2419 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2420 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2421 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2422 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2423 e->type = this; | |
| 2424 } | |
| 2425 else | |
| 2426 { | |
| 2427 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2428 } | |
| 2429 return e; | |
| 2430 } | |
| 2431 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2432 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2433 { |
| 2434 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2435 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2436 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2437 } |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2440 { | |
| 2441 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2442 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2443 return; | |
| 2444 } | |
| 2445 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2446 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2447 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2448 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2449 } | |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2452 { | |
| 2453 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2454 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2455 #endif | |
| 2456 Expression *e; | |
| 2457 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2458 e->type = this; | |
| 2459 return e; | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2462 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2463 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2464 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2465 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2466 |
| 159 | 2467 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2468 { | |
| 2469 return TRUE; | |
| 2470 } | |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2473 { | |
| 2474 return TRUE; | |
| 2475 } | |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2480 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2481 { | |
| 2482 } | |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2485 { | |
| 2486 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2487 if (t == next) | |
| 2488 t = this; | |
| 2489 else | |
| 2490 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2491 return t; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2495 { | |
| 2496 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2497 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2498 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2499 { | |
| 2500 case Ttuple: | |
| 2501 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2502 n = tint32; | |
| 2503 break; | |
| 2504 } | |
| 2505 if (n != next) | |
| 2506 deco = NULL; | |
| 2507 next = n; | |
| 2508 return merge(); | |
| 2509 } | |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2518 { | |
| 2519 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2520 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2521 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2522 return; | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2525 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2526 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2527 } | |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 if (this == to) | |
| 2534 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2535 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2538 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 #if 0 | |
| 2541 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2542 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2543 #endif | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2546 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2547 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2550 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2551 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2552 } | |
| 2553 } | |
| 2554 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2555 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2556 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2557 } | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2560 { | |
| 2561 return TRUE; | |
| 2562 } | |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2565 { | |
| 2566 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2567 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2568 #endif | |
| 2569 Expression *e; | |
| 2570 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2571 e->type = this; | |
| 2572 return e; | |
| 2573 } | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2576 { | |
| 2577 return 1; | |
| 2578 } | |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2581 { | |
| 2582 return TRUE; | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2589 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2590 { | |
| 2591 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2592 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2593 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2594 } | |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2599 if (t == next) | |
| 2600 t = this; | |
| 2601 else | |
| 2602 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2603 return t; | |
| 2604 } | |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2607 { | |
| 2608 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2609 } | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2612 { | |
| 2613 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2614 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2615 return; | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2618 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2619 } | |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2622 { | |
| 2623 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2624 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2625 #endif | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 // References just forward things along | |
| 2628 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2629 } | |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2632 { | |
| 2633 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2634 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2635 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2636 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2637 e->type = this; |
| 2638 return e; | |
| 2639 } | |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2642 { | |
| 2643 return 1; | |
| 2644 } | |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2650 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2653 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2654 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2655 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2656 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2657 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2658 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2659 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2660 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2661 #endif |
| 159 | 2662 } |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2667 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2668 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2669 return t; |
| 2670 } | |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 /******************************* | |
| 2673 * Returns: | |
| 2674 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2675 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2676 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2677 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2678 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2679 */ | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2682 { | |
| 2683 #if 0 | |
| 2684 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2685 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2686 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2687 #endif | |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2692 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2693 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2694 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2698 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2701 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2704 { | |
| 2705 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2706 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2707 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2710 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2711 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2714 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2715 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2716 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2717 } | |
| 2718 } | |
| 2719 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2720 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 // The argument lists match | |
| 2723 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2724 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2725 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2726 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2729 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2732 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2733 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2734 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2737 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2738 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2739 { | |
| 2740 return 3; | |
| 2741 } | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2744 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2745 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2746 } | |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 Lcovariant: | |
| 2749 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2750 return 1; | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 Ldistinct: | |
| 2753 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2754 return 0; | |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2757 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2758 return 2; | |
| 2759 } | |
| 2760 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2761 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2762 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2765 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2766 if (inuse) | |
| 2767 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2768 return; | |
| 2769 } | |
| 2770 inuse++; | |
| 2771 switch (linkage) | |
| 2772 { | |
| 2773 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2774 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2775 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2776 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2777 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2779 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2780 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2781 |
| 159 | 2782 default: |
| 2783 assert(0); | |
| 2784 } | |
| 2785 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2786 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2787 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2788 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2789 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2790 { |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2791 if (AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember()) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2792 { |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2793 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2794 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2795 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2796 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2797 |
| 159 | 2798 // Write argument types |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2799 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2800 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2801 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2802 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2803 inuse--; |
| 2804 } | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2807 { | |
| 2808 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 if (inuse) | |
| 2811 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2812 return; | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 inuse++; | |
| 2815 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2816 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2817 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2818 { | |
| 2819 switch (linkage) | |
| 2820 { | |
| 2821 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2822 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2823 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2824 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2825 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2826 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2827 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2828 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2829 |
| 159 | 2830 default: |
| 2831 assert(0); | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 } | |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2836 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2837 if (ident) | |
| 2838 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2839 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2840 } | |
| 2841 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2842 inuse--; | |
| 2843 } | |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2846 { | |
| 2847 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 if (inuse) | |
| 2850 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2851 return; | |
| 2852 } | |
| 2853 inuse++; | |
| 2854 if (next) | |
| 2855 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2856 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2857 { | |
| 2858 switch (linkage) | |
| 2859 { | |
| 2860 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2861 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2862 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2863 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2864 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2865 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2866 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2867 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2868 |
| 159 | 2869 default: |
| 2870 assert(0); | |
| 2871 } | |
| 2872 } | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2875 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2876 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2877 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2878 inuse--; | |
| 2879 } | |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2886 return this; | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2891 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2892 if (parameters) | |
| 2893 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2894 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2895 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2896 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2897 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2898 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2899 } | |
| 2900 } | |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2903 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2904 { | |
| 2905 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2906 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2907 } | |
| 2908 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2909 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2910 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2911 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2912 } | |
| 2913 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2914 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2915 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2916 } | |
| 2917 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2918 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2919 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2920 } | |
| 2921 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2922 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2925 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2928 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2929 Type *t; | |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2932 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2933 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2934 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2935 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2936 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2937 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2938 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2939 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2940 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2941 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2942 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2943 |
| 159 | 2944 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2947 { | |
| 2948 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2949 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2952 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2955 { | |
| 2956 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2957 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2958 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2959 } | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2962 * change. | |
| 2963 */ | |
| 2964 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2965 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2966 i--; | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 } | |
| 2969 } | |
| 2970 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 2973 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 2974 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 2975 return terror; | |
| 2976 } | |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 2979 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 2982 * can be different | |
| 2983 * even though the types match | |
| 2984 */ | |
| 2985 return tf; | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 /******************************** | |
| 2989 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 2990 * Determine match level. | |
| 2991 * Returns: | |
| 2992 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 2993 */ | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 2996 { | |
| 2997 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 2998 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3001 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3002 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3003 ; | |
| 3004 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3005 { | |
| 3006 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3007 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3008 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3009 } | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3012 { int m; | |
| 3013 Expression *arg; | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3018 assert(p); | |
| 3019 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3020 { | |
| 3021 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3022 continue; | |
| 3023 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3024 goto L1; | |
| 3025 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3026 } | |
| 3027 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3028 assert(arg); | |
| 3029 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3030 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3031 else | |
| 3032 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3033 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3034 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3035 { | |
| 3036 L1: | |
| 3037 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3038 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3039 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3040 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3041 |
| 3042 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3043 { | |
| 3044 case Tsarray: | |
| 3045 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3046 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3047 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3048 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3049 case Tarray: | |
| 3050 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3051 { | |
| 3052 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3053 assert(arg); | |
| 3054 #if 1 | |
| 3055 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3056 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3057 */ | |
| 3058 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3059 if (tret) | |
| 3060 { | |
| 3061 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3062 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3063 } | |
| 3064 else | |
| 3065 { | |
| 3066 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3067 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3068 { | |
| 3069 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3070 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3071 } | |
| 3072 } | |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 else | |
| 3075 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3076 #else | |
| 3077 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3078 #endif | |
| 3079 if (m == 0) | |
| 3080 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3081 if (m < match) | |
| 3082 match = m; | |
| 3083 } | |
| 3084 goto Ldone; | |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 case Tclass: | |
| 3087 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3088 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3089 goto Ldone; | |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 default: | |
| 3092 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3093 } | |
| 3094 } | |
| 3095 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3096 } | |
| 3097 if (m < match) | |
| 3098 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 Ldone: | |
| 3102 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3103 return match; | |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 Nomatch: | |
| 3106 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3107 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3111 { | |
| 3112 if (parameters) | |
| 3113 { | |
| 3114 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3115 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3116 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3117 if (t) | |
| 3118 return t; | |
| 3119 } | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3122 } | |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3127 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 3129 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3130 } | |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3133 { | |
| 3134 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3135 if (t == next) | |
| 3136 t = this; | |
| 3137 else | |
| 3138 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3139 return t; | |
| 3140 } | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3143 { | |
| 3144 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3145 { | |
| 3146 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3147 return this; | |
| 3148 } | |
| 3149 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3150 return merge(); | |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3154 { | |
| 3155 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3158 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3159 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3160 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3161 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3162 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3163 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3164 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3165 |
| 159 | 3166 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3167 { | |
| 3168 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3169 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3170 return; | |
| 3171 } | |
| 3172 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3175 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3176 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3180 { | |
| 3181 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3182 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3183 #endif | |
| 3184 Expression *e; | |
| 3185 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3186 e->type = this; | |
| 3187 return e; | |
| 3188 } | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3191 { | |
| 3192 return 1; | |
| 3193 } | |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3196 { | |
| 3197 return TRUE; | |
| 3198 } | |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3201 { | |
| 3202 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3203 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3204 #endif | |
| 3205 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3206 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3207 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3208 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3209 return e; | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3212 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3213 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3214 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3215 return e; |
| 3216 } | |
| 3217 else | |
| 3218 { | |
| 3219 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3220 } | |
| 3221 return e; | |
| 3222 } | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3225 { | |
| 3226 return TRUE; | |
| 3227 } | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3234 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3235 { | |
| 3236 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3237 } | |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3240 { | |
| 3241 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3242 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3243 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3244 { | |
| 3245 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3246 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3247 { | |
| 3248 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3251 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 } | |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3261 } | |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3264 { | |
| 3265 int i; | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3268 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3273 { | |
| 3274 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3275 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3276 } | |
| 3277 else | |
| 3278 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3279 } | |
| 3280 } | |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3283 { | |
| 3284 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3285 return 1; | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 /************************************* | |
| 3289 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3290 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3291 * Output: | |
| 3292 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3293 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3294 */ | |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3297 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3298 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3299 { | |
| 3300 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3301 int i; | |
| 3302 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3303 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3304 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3305 Type *t; | |
| 3306 Expression *e; | |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 #if 0 | |
| 3309 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3310 if (scopesym) | |
| 3311 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3312 #endif | |
| 3313 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3314 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3315 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3316 if (s) | |
| 3317 { | |
| 3318 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3319 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3320 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3321 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3322 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3323 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3326 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3327 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3328 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3329 if (!sm) | |
| 3330 { | |
| 3331 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3332 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3333 { | |
| 3334 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3335 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3336 } | |
| 3337 else | |
| 3338 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3339 t = e->type; | |
| 3340 if (!t) | |
| 3341 goto Lerror; | |
| 3342 goto L3; | |
| 3343 } | |
| 3344 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3345 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3346 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3347 if (t) | |
| 3348 { | |
| 3349 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3350 if (sm) | |
| 3351 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3352 if (sm) | |
| 3353 goto L2; | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3356 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3357 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3358 i++; | |
| 3359 L3: | |
| 3360 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3363 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3364 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3365 } | |
| 3366 *pe = e; | |
| 3367 } | |
| 3368 else | |
| 3369 Lerror: | |
| 3370 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3371 return; | |
| 3372 } | |
| 3373 L2: | |
| 3374 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3375 } | |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3378 if (v) | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3381 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3382 { | |
| 3383 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3384 assert(ei); | |
| 3385 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3386 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3388 else | |
| 3389 { | |
| 3390 #if 0 | |
| 3391 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3392 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3393 { | |
| 3394 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3395 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3396 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3397 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3398 } | |
| 3399 else | |
| 3400 #endif | |
| 3401 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 return; | |
| 3404 } | |
| 3405 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3406 if (em) | |
| 3407 { | |
| 3408 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3409 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3410 return; | |
| 3411 } | |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 L1: | |
| 3414 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3415 if (!t) | |
| 3416 { | |
| 3417 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3418 Import *si; | |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3421 if (si) | |
| 3422 { | |
| 3423 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3424 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3425 goto L1; | |
| 3426 s = si; | |
| 3427 } | |
| 3428 *ps = s; | |
| 3429 return; | |
| 3430 } | |
| 3431 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3432 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3433 return; | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 if (t != this) | |
| 3437 { | |
| 3438 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3439 { | |
| 3440 Scope *scx; | |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3443 { | |
| 3444 if (!scx) | |
| 3445 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3446 return; | |
| 3447 } | |
| 3448 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3449 break; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3452 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3453 } | |
| 3454 } | |
| 3455 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3456 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3457 else |
| 3458 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3459 } | |
| 3460 if (!s) | |
| 3461 { | |
| 3462 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3463 } | |
| 3464 } | |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3469 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3470 { | |
| 3471 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3472 } | |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3476 { | |
| 3477 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3480 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3481 return t; | |
| 3482 } | |
| 3483 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3484 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3485 { unsigned len; |
| 3486 char *name; | |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3489 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3490 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3491 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3492 } | |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3495 { | |
| 3496 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3497 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3498 return; | |
| 3499 } | |
| 3500 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3501 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3502 } | |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 /************************************* | |
| 3505 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3506 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3507 * Output: | |
| 3508 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3509 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3510 */ | |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3513 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3514 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3517 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3518 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 /***************************************** | |
| 3522 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3523 * return that symbol. | |
| 3524 */ | |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3527 { | |
| 3528 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3529 if (!sc) | |
| 3530 return NULL; | |
| 3531 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3534 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3535 if (s) | |
| 3536 { | |
| 3537 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3538 { | |
| 3539 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3540 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3541 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3542 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3543 break; | |
| 3544 } | |
| 3545 } | |
| 3546 } | |
| 3547 return s; | |
| 3548 } | |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3551 { | |
| 3552 Type *t; | |
| 3553 Expression *e; | |
| 3554 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3557 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3558 if (t) | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3563 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3566 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3567 } | |
| 3568 } | |
| 3569 else | |
| 3570 { | |
| 3571 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3572 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3573 printf("1: "); | |
| 3574 #endif | |
| 3575 if (s) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3578 } | |
| 3579 else | |
| 3580 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3581 t = tvoid; | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 //t->print(); | |
| 3584 return t; | |
| 3585 } | |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3588 { | |
| 3589 return this; | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3593 { | |
| 3594 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3595 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3596 { | |
| 3597 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3598 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3599 } | |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 return e; | |
| 3602 } | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3607 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3610 } | |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3615 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3618 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3619 return t; | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3626 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3627 return; | |
| 3628 } | |
| 3629 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3630 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3634 { | |
| 3635 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3640 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3641 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 #if 0 | |
| 3644 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3645 { | |
| 3646 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3647 return; | |
| 3648 } | |
| 3649 #endif | |
| 3650 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3651 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3652 s = tempinst; | |
| 3653 if (s) | |
| 3654 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3655 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3656 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3657 } | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3660 { | |
| 3661 Type *t; | |
| 3662 Expression *e; | |
| 3663 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3668 { | |
| 3669 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3670 global.gag++; | |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 global.gag--; | |
| 3675 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3676 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3677 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3678 return this; | |
| 3679 } | |
| 3680 } | |
| 3681 else | |
| 3682 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 if (!t) | |
| 3685 { | |
| 3686 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3687 printf("2: "); | |
| 3688 #endif | |
| 3689 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3690 t = tvoid; | |
| 3691 } | |
| 3692 return t; | |
| 3693 } | |
| 3694 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3695 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3696 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3697 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3698 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3699 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3700 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3701 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3702 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3703 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3704 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3705 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3706 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3708 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3709 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3710 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3711 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3712 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3713 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3714 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3715 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3716 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3717 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3718 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3719 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3720 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3721 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3722 |
| 159 | 3723 |
| 3724 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3727 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3728 { | |
| 3729 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3730 } | |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3733 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3734 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3735 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3738 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3739 return t; | |
| 3740 } | |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3743 { | |
| 3744 Type *t; | |
| 3745 | |
| 336 | 3746 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3747 if (t == this) |
| 3748 return NULL; | |
| 3749 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3750 } | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3753 { | |
| 3754 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3755 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3756 return; | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3759 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3760 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3761 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3762 } | |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3765 { Expression *e; | |
| 3766 Type *t; | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 #if 0 | |
| 3773 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3774 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3775 */ | |
| 3776 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3777 { | |
| 3778 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3779 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3780 { | |
| 3781 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3782 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 if (!s) | |
| 3785 { | |
| 3786 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3787 goto Lerr; | |
| 3788 } | |
| 3789 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3790 if (cd) | |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 3794 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3795 if (!cd) | |
| 3796 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3797 goto Lerr; | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 } | |
| 3800 t = cd->type; | |
| 3801 break; | |
| 3802 } | |
| 3803 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3804 if (sd) | |
| 3805 { | |
| 3806 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3807 { | |
| 3808 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3809 goto Lerr; | |
| 3810 } | |
| 3811 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3812 break; | |
| 3813 } | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 } | |
| 3816 else | |
| 3817 #endif | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3820 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3821 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3822 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3823 { | |
| 3824 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3825 } | |
| 159 | 3826 t = exp->type; |
| 3827 if (!t) | |
| 3828 { | |
| 3829 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3830 goto Lerr; | |
| 3831 } | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3835 { | |
| 3836 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3837 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3838 { | |
| 3839 if (!s) | |
| 3840 break; | |
| 3841 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3842 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3843 } | |
| 3844 if (s) | |
| 3845 { | |
| 3846 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3847 if (!t) | |
| 3848 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3849 goto Lerr; | |
| 3850 } | |
| 3851 } | |
| 3852 else | |
| 3853 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3854 goto Lerr; | |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 } | |
| 3857 return t; | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 Lerr: | |
| 3860 return tvoid; | |
| 3861 } | |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 if (exp->type) | |
| 3866 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3867 else | |
| 3868 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3869 } | |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3876 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3877 { | |
| 3878 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3879 } | |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3882 { | |
| 3883 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3886 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3887 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3888 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3889 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3890 |
| 159 | 3891 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3892 { | |
| 3893 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3894 return merge(); | |
| 3895 } | |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3898 { | |
| 3899 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3900 { | |
| 3901 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3902 return 4; | |
| 3903 } | |
| 3904 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3905 } | |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3910 { | |
| 3911 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3912 printf("1: "); | |
| 3913 #endif | |
| 3914 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3915 return 4; | |
| 3916 } | |
| 3917 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3918 } | |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3921 { | |
| 3922 return sym; | |
| 3923 } | |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3926 { | |
| 3927 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3930 printf("2: "); | |
| 3931 #endif | |
| 3932 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3933 return tint32; | |
| 3934 } | |
| 3935 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3936 } | |
| 3937 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3938 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3939 { char *name; |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3942 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3943 // name += 2; | |
| 3944 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3945 } | |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3948 { | |
| 3949 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3950 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3951 return; | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3954 } | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3957 { | |
| 3958 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3959 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3960 Expression *em; | |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3963 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3964 #endif | |
| 3965 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3966 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3967 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3968 if (!s) | |
| 3969 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3970 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3971 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3972 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3973 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3974 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3975 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3976 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3977 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3978 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3979 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 3980 } |
| 3981 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3982 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 3983 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 3984 return em; | |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 Lfwd: | |
| 3987 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3988 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 3989 } | |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3992 { Expression *e; | |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 3995 { | |
| 3996 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3997 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3998 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 3999 } | |
| 4000 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4003 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4004 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4005 } | |
| 4006 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4007 { | |
| 4008 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4009 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4010 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4011 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4012 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4013 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4014 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4015 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4016 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4017 } |
| 159 | 4018 else |
| 4019 { | |
| 4020 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4021 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4022 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4023 } | |
| 4024 return e; | |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 Lfwd: | |
| 4027 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4028 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4029 } | |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4032 { | |
| 4033 return 1; | |
| 4034 } | |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 return 0; | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4042 { | |
| 4043 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4044 } | |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 return 1; | |
| 4049 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4053 { MATCH m; | |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4056 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4057 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4058 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4059 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4060 else | |
| 4061 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4062 return m; | |
| 4063 } | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4068 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4069 #endif | |
| 4070 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4071 Expression *e; | |
| 4072 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4073 return e; | |
| 4074 } | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4077 { | |
| 4078 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4079 } | |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4082 { | |
| 4083 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4084 } | |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4089 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4092 } | |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4095 { | |
| 4096 return this; | |
| 4097 } | |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4100 { | |
| 4101 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4105 { | |
| 4106 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4107 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4108 return merge(); | |
| 4109 } | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4112 { | |
| 4113 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4114 } | |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4117 { | |
| 4118 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4119 } | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4122 { | |
| 4123 return sym; | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4126 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4127 { unsigned len; |
| 4128 char *name; | |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4131 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4132 // name += 2; | |
| 4133 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4134 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4135 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4136 } | |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4139 { | |
| 4140 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4141 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4142 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4143 return; | |
| 4144 } | |
| 4145 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4146 } | |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4149 { | |
| 4150 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4151 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4152 #endif | |
| 4153 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4154 { | |
| 4155 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4156 } | |
| 4157 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4158 } | |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4161 { | |
| 4162 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4167 } | |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4170 { | |
| 4171 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4177 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4178 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4179 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4183 { | |
| 4184 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4185 } | |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4193 { | |
| 4194 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4200 } | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4205 } | |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4210 } | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4213 { | |
| 4214 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4215 } | |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4218 { | |
| 4219 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4220 { | |
| 4221 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4222 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4223 return Type::terror; | |
| 4224 } | |
| 4225 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4226 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4227 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4228 return t; | |
| 4229 } | |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4232 { MATCH m; | |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4235 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4236 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4237 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4238 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4239 else | |
| 4240 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4241 return m; | |
| 4242 } | |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4245 { Expression *e; | |
| 4246 Type *bt; | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4249 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4250 #endif | |
| 4251 if (sym->init) | |
| 4252 { | |
| 4253 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4254 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4255 } | |
| 4256 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4257 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4258 e->type = this; | |
| 4259 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4260 { | |
| 4261 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4262 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4263 } | |
| 4264 return e; | |
| 4265 } | |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 if (sym->init) | |
| 4270 { | |
| 4271 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4272 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4273 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4274 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4275 return 1; | |
| 4276 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4277 } | |
| 4278 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4279 { | |
| 4280 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4281 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4282 } | |
| 4283 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4284 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4285 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4286 return result; | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4290 { | |
| 4291 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4297 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4298 { | |
| 4299 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4300 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4301 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4302 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4303 } |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4308 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4309 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4310 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4311 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4312 } | |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4315 { | |
| 4316 return this; | |
| 4317 } | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4320 { | |
| 4321 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4324 * be right. | |
| 4325 */ | |
| 4326 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 return merge(); | |
| 4329 } | |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4334 } | |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4337 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4340 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4341 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4342 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4343 return sz; | |
| 4344 } | |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4347 { | |
| 4348 return sym; | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4351 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4352 { unsigned len; |
| 4353 char *name; | |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4356 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4357 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4358 // name += 2; | |
| 4359 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4360 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4361 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4365 { | |
| 4366 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4367 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4368 return; | |
| 4369 } | |
| 4370 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4371 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4372 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4373 else | |
| 4374 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4375 } | |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4378 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 Expression *b; | |
| 4381 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4382 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4383 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4384 Declaration *d; | |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4387 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4388 #endif | |
| 4389 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4390 { | |
| 4391 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4392 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4395 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4396 */ |
| 159 | 4397 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4398 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4399 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4400 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4401 */ |
| 336 | 4402 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4403 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4404 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4405 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4406 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4407 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4408 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4409 } | |
| 4410 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4411 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4412 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4413 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4414 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4415 return e; |
| 4416 } | |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4419 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4422 { | |
| 4423 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4426 e = de->e1; | |
| 4427 goto L1; | |
| 4428 } | |
| 4429 } | |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4432 L1: | |
| 4433 if (!s) | |
| 4434 { | |
| 4435 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4436 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4437 } | |
| 336 | 4438 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4439 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4440 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4443 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4444 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 if (ei) | |
| 4447 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4448 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4449 return e; | |
| 4450 } | |
| 4451 } | |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4454 { | |
| 4455 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4456 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4457 } | |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4460 if (em) | |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 assert(em->value); | |
| 4463 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4467 if (tm) | |
| 4468 { Expression *de; | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4471 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4472 return de; | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4476 if (td) | |
| 4477 { | |
| 4478 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4479 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4480 return e; | |
| 4481 } | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4484 if (ti) | |
| 4485 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4486 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4487 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4488 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4489 goto L1; | |
| 4490 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4491 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4492 return de; | |
| 4493 } | |
| 4494 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4495 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4496 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4497 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4498 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4499 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4500 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4501 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4502 |
| 159 | 4503 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4504 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4505 if (!d) | |
| 4506 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4507 #endif | |
| 4508 assert(d); | |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4511 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4514 { | |
| 4515 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4516 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4517 return e; | |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4520 { | |
| 4521 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4522 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4523 return e; | |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4526 } | |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4529 { | |
| 4530 // (e, d) | |
| 4531 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4534 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4535 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4536 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4537 return e; | |
| 4538 } | |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 if (v) | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4543 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4546 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4547 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4548 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4549 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4550 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4551 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4552 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4553 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4554 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4555 #endif |
| 159 | 4556 } |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4559 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4560 } | |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4563 { | |
| 4564 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4565 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4566 } | |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4569 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4570 |
| 4571 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4572 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4573 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4574 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4575 assert(d); |
| 4576 d->type = this; | |
| 4577 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4578 } | |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4581 { | |
| 4582 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4583 } | |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4586 { | |
| 4587 return FALSE; | |
| 4588 } | |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4591 { | |
| 4592 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4595 if (s->members) | |
| 4596 { | |
| 4597 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4598 { | |
| 4599 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4600 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4601 return TRUE; | |
| 4602 } | |
| 4603 } | |
| 4604 return FALSE; | |
| 4605 } | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4611 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4612 { | |
| 4613 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4614 } | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4619 } | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 return this; | |
| 4624 } | |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4629 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4630 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4631 return merge(); | |
| 4632 } | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4635 { | |
| 4636 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4637 } | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4640 { | |
| 4641 return sym; | |
| 4642 } | |
| 4643 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4644 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4645 { unsigned len; |
| 4646 char *name; | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4649 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4650 // name += 2; | |
| 4651 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4652 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4653 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4654 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4655 } | |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4658 { | |
| 4659 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4660 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4661 return; | |
| 4662 } | |
| 4663 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4664 } | |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4667 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 Expression *b; | |
| 4670 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4671 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4672 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4673 Declaration *d; | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4676 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4677 #endif | |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4680 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4683 { | |
| 4684 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4687 e = de->e1; | |
| 4688 goto L1; | |
| 4689 } | |
| 4690 } | |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4693 { | |
| 4694 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4695 */ | |
| 336 | 4696 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4697 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4698 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4699 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4700 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4701 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4702 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4703 } | |
| 4704 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4705 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4706 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4707 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4708 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4709 return e; |
| 4710 } | |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4713 L1: | |
| 4714 if (!s) | |
| 4715 { | |
| 4716 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4717 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4718 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4721 { | |
| 4722 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4723 return e; | |
| 4724 } | |
| 4725 } | |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4728 { | |
| 4729 Type *t; | |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4732 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4733 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4734 { | |
| 4735 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4736 * at compile time. | |
| 4737 */ | |
| 4738 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4739 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4740 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4741 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4742 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4743 } | |
| 4744 else | |
| 4745 { | |
| 4746 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4747 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4748 */ | |
| 4749 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 Type* ct; | |
| 4752 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4753 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4754 } | |
| 4755 else { | |
| 4756 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4757 } | |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4760 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4761 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4762 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4763 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4768 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4769 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4770 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4771 */ | |
| 4772 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4773 } | |
| 4774 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4775 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4776 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4777 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4778 */ | |
| 4779 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4780 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4781 } | |
| 336 | 4782 } |
| 159 | 4783 |
| 4784 #else | |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4787 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4788 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4789 { | |
| 4790 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4791 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4792 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4793 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4794 */ | |
| 4795 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4796 } | |
| 4797 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4798 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4799 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4800 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4801 */ | |
| 4802 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4803 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4804 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4805 } | |
| 4806 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4807 } |
| 4808 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4809 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4810 |
| 4811 return e; | |
| 4812 } | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4815 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4816 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4817 */ | |
| 4818 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4819 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4820 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4821 return e; | |
| 4822 } | |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4825 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4826 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4827 */ | |
| 4828 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4829 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4830 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4831 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4832 return e; |
| 4833 } | |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4836 { | |
| 4837 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4838 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4839 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4840 } | |
| 4841 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4842 { | |
| 4843 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4844 } | |
| 4845 else | |
| 4846 { | |
| 4847 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4848 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4849 } | |
| 4850 } | |
| 336 | 4851 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4852 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4853 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4854 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4855 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4856 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 if (ei) | |
| 4859 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4860 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4861 return e; | |
| 4862 } | |
| 4863 } | |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4866 { | |
| 4867 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4868 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4869 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4870 } | |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4873 if (em) | |
| 4874 { | |
| 4875 assert(em->value); | |
| 4876 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4877 } | |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4880 if (tm) | |
| 4881 { Expression *de; | |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4884 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4885 return de; | |
| 4886 } | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4889 if (td) | |
| 4890 { | |
| 4891 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4892 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4893 return e; | |
| 4894 } | |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4897 if (ti) | |
| 4898 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4899 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4900 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4901 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4902 goto L1; | |
| 4903 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4904 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4905 return de; | |
| 4906 } | |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4909 if (!d) | |
| 4910 { | |
| 4911 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4912 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4916 { | |
| 4917 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4920 { | |
| 4921 if (sc->func) | |
| 4922 { | |
| 4923 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4924 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 if (thiscd) | |
| 4927 { | |
| 4928 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4931 { | |
| 4932 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4933 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4934 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4935 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4936 return e; | |
| 4937 } | |
| 4938 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4939 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4940 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4941 } | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4945 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4946 return e; | |
| 4947 } | |
| 4948 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4949 { | |
| 4950 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4951 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4952 return e; | |
| 4953 } | |
| 4954 else | |
| 4955 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4956 return ve; | |
| 4957 } | |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4960 { | |
| 4961 // (e, d) | |
| 4962 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4965 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4966 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4967 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4968 return e; | |
| 4969 } | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4972 { | |
| 4973 // (e, d) | |
| 4974 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4977 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4978 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4979 return e; | |
| 4980 } | |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4983 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4984 } | |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 4987 { | |
| 4988 return sym; | |
| 4989 } | |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 4992 { | |
| 4993 return sym->isauto; | |
| 4994 } | |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 4997 { | |
| 4998 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 4999 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5002 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5003 return 1; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 return 0; | |
| 5006 } | |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5009 { | |
| 5010 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5011 if (this == to) | |
| 5012 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5015 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5016 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5017 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5018 } | |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5021 { | |
| 5022 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5023 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5024 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5025 } | |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5028 } | |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5031 { | |
| 5032 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5033 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5034 #endif | |
| 5035 Expression *e; | |
| 5036 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5037 e->type = this; | |
| 5038 return e; | |
| 5039 } | |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5042 { | |
| 5043 return 1; | |
| 5044 } | |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5047 { | |
| 5048 return TRUE; | |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5052 { | |
| 5053 return TRUE; | |
| 5054 } | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5059 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5060 { | |
| 5061 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5062 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5063 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5064 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5065 if (arguments) | |
| 5066 { | |
| 5067 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5068 { | |
| 5069 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5070 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5071 } | |
| 5072 } | |
| 5073 #endif | |
| 5074 } | |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 /**************** | |
| 5077 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5078 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5079 */ | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5082 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5085 if (exps) | |
| 5086 { | |
| 5087 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5088 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5089 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5090 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5091 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5092 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5093 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 } | |
| 5096 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5097 } | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5100 { | |
| 5101 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5102 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5103 return t; | |
| 5104 } | |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5107 { | |
| 5108 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5109 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5110 if (!deco) |
| 5111 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5114 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5115 */ | |
| 5116 return this; | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5120 { Type *t; | |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5123 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5124 if (this == t) | |
| 5125 { | |
| 5126 return 1; | |
| 5127 } | |
| 5128 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5129 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5132 { | |
| 5133 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5134 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5135 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5138 return 0; | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 return 1; | |
| 5141 } | |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 return 0; | |
| 5144 } | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5147 { | |
| 5148 if (arguments) | |
| 5149 { | |
| 5150 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5151 { | |
| 5152 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5153 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5154 if (t) | |
| 5155 return t; | |
| 5156 } | |
| 5157 } | |
| 5158 return NULL; | |
| 5159 } | |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5166 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5167 { |
| 5168 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5169 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5170 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5171 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5172 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5173 } | |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5176 { Expression *e; | |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5179 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5180 #endif | |
| 5181 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5182 { | |
| 5183 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 else | |
| 5186 { | |
| 5187 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5188 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 return e; | |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5198 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5199 { | |
| 5200 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5201 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5202 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5203 } | |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5206 { | |
| 5207 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5208 return t; | |
| 5209 } | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5212 { | |
| 5213 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5214 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5215 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5218 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5219 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5220 return Type::terror; | |
| 5221 } | |
| 5222 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5225 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5226 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5229 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5230 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5233 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5234 return Type::terror; |
| 5235 } | |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5238 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5239 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5240 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5241 args->push(arg); | |
| 5242 } | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5245 } | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5248 { | |
| 5249 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5250 if (*pe) | |
| 5251 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5252 Expression *e; | |
| 5253 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5254 *pe = e; | |
| 5255 } | |
| 5256 else if (*ps) | |
| 5257 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5258 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5259 if (td) | |
| 5260 { | |
| 5261 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5262 */ | |
| 5263 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5264 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5265 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5268 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5269 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5272 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5273 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5278 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5279 goto Ldefault; |
| 5280 } | |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5283 { | |
| 5284 *ps = td; | |
| 5285 return; | |
| 5286 } | |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5289 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5290 */ | |
| 5291 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5292 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5293 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5294 { | |
| 5295 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5299 *ps = tds; | |
| 5300 } | |
| 5301 else | |
| 5302 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 else | |
| 5305 { | |
| 5306 Ldefault: | |
| 5307 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5308 } | |
| 5309 } | |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5312 { | |
| 5313 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5314 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5315 return; | |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5320 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5321 } | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5326 { | |
| 5327 this->type = type; | |
| 5328 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5329 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5330 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5334 { | |
| 5335 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5336 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5337 ident, | |
| 5338 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5339 return a; | |
| 5340 } | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5343 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 if (args) | |
| 5346 { | |
| 5347 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5348 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5349 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5350 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5353 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5354 } | |
| 5355 } | |
| 5356 return a; | |
| 5357 } | |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5360 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5365 if (args) | |
| 5366 { int i; | |
| 5367 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5368 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5371 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 if (i) | |
| 5374 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5375 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5376 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5377 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5378 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5379 } | |
| 5380 if (varargs) | |
| 5381 { | |
| 5382 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5383 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5384 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5385 } | |
| 5386 } | |
| 5387 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5390 } | |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5393 { | |
| 5394 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5395 if (arguments) | |
| 5396 { int i; | |
| 5397 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5400 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 if (i) | |
| 5403 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5404 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5405 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5406 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5407 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5408 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5409 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5410 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5411 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5412 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5413 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5414 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5415 { | |
| 5416 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5417 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5418 } | |
| 5419 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5420 } | |
| 5421 if (varargs) | |
| 5422 { | |
| 5423 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5424 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5425 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5426 } | |
| 5427 } | |
| 5428 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5429 } | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5432 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5433 { |
| 5434 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 // Write argument types | |
| 5437 if (arguments) | |
| 5438 { | |
| 5439 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5440 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5441 { | |
| 5442 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5443 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5444 } |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 } | |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 /**************************************************** | |
| 5449 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5450 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5451 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5452 */ | |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5455 { | |
| 5456 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5457 { | |
| 5458 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5459 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5460 { | |
| 5461 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5462 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5463 { | |
| 5464 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5465 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5468 { | |
| 5469 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 } | |
| 5474 return NULL; | |
| 5475 } | |
| 5476 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5477 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5478 { |
| 5479 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5480 { case 0: | |
| 5481 case STCin: | |
| 5482 break; | |
| 5483 case STCout: | |
| 5484 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5485 break; | |
| 5486 case STCref: | |
| 5487 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5488 break; | |
| 5489 case STClazy: | |
| 5490 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5491 break; | |
| 5492 default: | |
| 5493 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5494 halt(); | |
| 5495 #endif | |
| 5496 assert(0); | |
| 5497 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5498 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5499 } |
| 5500 | |
| 5501 /*************************************** | |
| 5502 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5503 */ | |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5506 { | |
| 5507 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5508 if (args) | |
| 5509 { | |
| 5510 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5511 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5512 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5515 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5516 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5517 } | |
| 5518 else | |
| 5519 n++; | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 return n; | |
| 5523 } | |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 /*************************************** | |
| 5526 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5527 * Returns: | |
| 5528 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5529 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5530 * of Arguments | |
| 5531 */ | |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5534 { | |
| 5535 if (!args) | |
| 5536 return NULL; | |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5539 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5540 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5541 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5544 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5545 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5546 if (arg) | |
| 5547 return arg; | |
| 5548 } | |
| 5549 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5550 return arg; | |
| 5551 else | |
| 5552 n++; | |
| 5553 } | |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 if (pn) | |
| 5556 *pn += n; | |
| 5557 return NULL; | |
| 5558 } |